<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Tropos</id>
	<title>Joomla! Documentation - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Tropos"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/Special:Contributions/Tropos"/>
	<updated>2026-06-18T23:04:40Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=User:Tropos&amp;diff=638994</id>
		<title>User:Tropos</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=User:Tropos&amp;diff=638994"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T18:26:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;My name is Thanos and if you want to get in touch with me, post on my &#039;&#039;&#039;[[User_talk:{{PAGENAME}}|talk page]]&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==My testing subpages==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;splist/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637558</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637558"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T13:25:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Προβολή Συνδέσμων.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη των συνδέσμων.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη τηλεφωνικού αριθμού.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κινητό Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού κινητού τηλεφώνου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Φαξ.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού τηλεομοιοτυπίας (Fax).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ιστοσελίδα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ιστοσελίδας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικόνα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη εικόνας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή Εικόνας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Επιλέξτε την εικόνα της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Άλλες πληροφορίες.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ποικίλων πληροφοριών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικονική κάρτα (vCard).&#039;&#039;&#039; Επιτρέπεται ή όχι η εξαγωγή της επαφής σε μορφή εικονικής κάρτας (vCard).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Άρθρων Χρήστη.&#039;&#039;&#039; Αν αυτή η επαφή συνδέεται με κάποιον χρήστη και αν επιλέξετε Προβολή εδώ, τότε εμφανίζει λίστα άρθρων που δημιουργήθηκαν από τον χρήστη.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβαλλόμενα άρθρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πόσα άρθρα θα εμφανιστούν.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Προσωπικών Ρυθμίσεων.&#039;&#039;&#039; Αν αυτή η επαφή συνδέεται με κάποιον χρήστη και αν επιλέξετε Προβολή εδώ, τότε εμφανίζει τις προσωπικές ρυθμίσεις του χρήστη.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εμφάνιση προσαρμοσμένων πεδίων χρήστη.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφάνιση προσαρμοσμένων πεδίων χρήστη που ανήκουν σε όλες ή μόνο σε επιλεγμένες ομάδες πεδίων.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Συνδέσμων.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη των συνδέσμων.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/40/el&amp;diff=637557</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/40/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/40/el&amp;diff=637557"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T13:25:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Προβολή Συνδέσμων.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη των συνδέσμων.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Συνδέσμων.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη των συνδέσμων.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637507</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637507"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T13:23:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Εμφάνιση προσαρμοσμένων πεδίων χρήστη.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Εμφάνιση προσαρμοσμένων πεδίων χρήστη που ανήκουν...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη τηλεφωνικού αριθμού.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κινητό Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού κινητού τηλεφώνου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Φαξ.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού τηλεομοιοτυπίας (Fax).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ιστοσελίδα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ιστοσελίδας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικόνα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη εικόνας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή Εικόνας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Επιλέξτε την εικόνα της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Άλλες πληροφορίες.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ποικίλων πληροφοριών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικονική κάρτα (vCard).&#039;&#039;&#039; Επιτρέπεται ή όχι η εξαγωγή της επαφής σε μορφή εικονικής κάρτας (vCard).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Άρθρων Χρήστη.&#039;&#039;&#039; Αν αυτή η επαφή συνδέεται με κάποιον χρήστη και αν επιλέξετε Προβολή εδώ, τότε εμφανίζει λίστα άρθρων που δημιουργήθηκαν από τον χρήστη.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβαλλόμενα άρθρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πόσα άρθρα θα εμφανιστούν.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Προσωπικών Ρυθμίσεων.&#039;&#039;&#039; Αν αυτή η επαφή συνδέεται με κάποιον χρήστη και αν επιλέξετε Προβολή εδώ, τότε εμφανίζει τις προσωπικές ρυθμίσεις του χρήστη.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εμφάνιση προσαρμοσμένων πεδίων χρήστη.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφάνιση προσαρμοσμένων πεδίων χρήστη που ανήκουν σε όλες ή μόνο σε επιλεγμένες ομάδες πεδίων.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/39/el&amp;diff=637506</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/39/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/39/el&amp;diff=637506"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T13:23:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Εμφάνιση προσαρμοσμένων πεδίων χρήστη.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Εμφάνιση προσαρμοσμένων πεδίων χρήστη που ανήκουν...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εμφάνιση προσαρμοσμένων πεδίων χρήστη.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφάνιση προσαρμοσμένων πεδίων χρήστη που ανήκουν σε όλες ή μόνο σε επιλεγμένες ομάδες πεδίων.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637405</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637405"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T13:17:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Προβολή Προσωπικών Ρυθμίσεων.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Αν αυτή η επαφή συνδέεται με κάποιον χρήστη και αν επιλέξετε...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη τηλεφωνικού αριθμού.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κινητό Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού κινητού τηλεφώνου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Φαξ.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού τηλεομοιοτυπίας (Fax).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ιστοσελίδα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ιστοσελίδας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικόνα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη εικόνας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή Εικόνας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Επιλέξτε την εικόνα της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Άλλες πληροφορίες.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ποικίλων πληροφοριών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικονική κάρτα (vCard).&#039;&#039;&#039; Επιτρέπεται ή όχι η εξαγωγή της επαφής σε μορφή εικονικής κάρτας (vCard).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Άρθρων Χρήστη.&#039;&#039;&#039; Αν αυτή η επαφή συνδέεται με κάποιον χρήστη και αν επιλέξετε Προβολή εδώ, τότε εμφανίζει λίστα άρθρων που δημιουργήθηκαν από τον χρήστη.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβαλλόμενα άρθρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πόσα άρθρα θα εμφανιστούν.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Προσωπικών Ρυθμίσεων.&#039;&#039;&#039; Αν αυτή η επαφή συνδέεται με κάποιον χρήστη και αν επιλέξετε Προβολή εδώ, τότε εμφανίζει τις προσωπικές ρυθμίσεις του χρήστη.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/38/el&amp;diff=637404</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/38/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/38/el&amp;diff=637404"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T13:17:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Προβολή Προσωπικών Ρυθμίσεων.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Αν αυτή η επαφή συνδέεται με κάποιον χρήστη και αν επιλέξετε...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Προσωπικών Ρυθμίσεων.&#039;&#039;&#039; Αν αυτή η επαφή συνδέεται με κάποιον χρήστη και αν επιλέξετε Προβολή εδώ, τότε εμφανίζει τις προσωπικές ρυθμίσεις του χρήστη.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637331</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637331"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T13:11:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Προβαλλόμενα άρθρα.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Πόσα άρθρα θα εμφανιστούν.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη τηλεφωνικού αριθμού.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κινητό Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού κινητού τηλεφώνου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Φαξ.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού τηλεομοιοτυπίας (Fax).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ιστοσελίδα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ιστοσελίδας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικόνα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη εικόνας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή Εικόνας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Επιλέξτε την εικόνα της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Άλλες πληροφορίες.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ποικίλων πληροφοριών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικονική κάρτα (vCard).&#039;&#039;&#039; Επιτρέπεται ή όχι η εξαγωγή της επαφής σε μορφή εικονικής κάρτας (vCard).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Άρθρων Χρήστη.&#039;&#039;&#039; Αν αυτή η επαφή συνδέεται με κάποιον χρήστη και αν επιλέξετε Προβολή εδώ, τότε εμφανίζει λίστα άρθρων που δημιουργήθηκαν από τον χρήστη.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβαλλόμενα άρθρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πόσα άρθρα θα εμφανιστούν.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/37/el&amp;diff=637330</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/37/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/37/el&amp;diff=637330"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T13:11:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Προβαλλόμενα άρθρα.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Πόσα άρθρα θα εμφανιστούν.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβαλλόμενα άρθρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πόσα άρθρα θα εμφανιστούν.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637270</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637270"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T13:06:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Προβολή Άρθρων Χρήστη.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Αν αυτή η επαφή συνδέεται με κάποιον χρήστη και αν επιλέξετε Προβολή...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη τηλεφωνικού αριθμού.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κινητό Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού κινητού τηλεφώνου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Φαξ.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού τηλεομοιοτυπίας (Fax).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ιστοσελίδα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ιστοσελίδας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικόνα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη εικόνας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή Εικόνας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Επιλέξτε την εικόνα της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Άλλες πληροφορίες.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ποικίλων πληροφοριών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικονική κάρτα (vCard).&#039;&#039;&#039; Επιτρέπεται ή όχι η εξαγωγή της επαφής σε μορφή εικονικής κάρτας (vCard).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Άρθρων Χρήστη.&#039;&#039;&#039; Αν αυτή η επαφή συνδέεται με κάποιον χρήστη και αν επιλέξετε Προβολή εδώ, τότε εμφανίζει λίστα άρθρων που δημιουργήθηκαν από τον χρήστη.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/36/el&amp;diff=637269</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/36/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/36/el&amp;diff=637269"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T13:06:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Προβολή Άρθρων Χρήστη.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Αν αυτή η επαφή συνδέεται με κάποιον χρήστη και αν επιλέξετε Προβολή...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Άρθρων Χρήστη.&#039;&#039;&#039; Αν αυτή η επαφή συνδέεται με κάποιον χρήστη και αν επιλέξετε Προβολή εδώ, τότε εμφανίζει λίστα άρθρων που δημιουργήθηκαν από τον χρήστη.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637263</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637263"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T13:04:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Εικονική κάρτα (vCard).&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Επιτρέπεται ή όχι η εξαγωγή της επαφής σε μορφή εικονικής κάρτας (vCard).&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη τηλεφωνικού αριθμού.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κινητό Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού κινητού τηλεφώνου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Φαξ.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού τηλεομοιοτυπίας (Fax).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ιστοσελίδα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ιστοσελίδας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικόνα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη εικόνας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή Εικόνας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Επιλέξτε την εικόνα της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Άλλες πληροφορίες.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ποικίλων πληροφοριών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικονική κάρτα (vCard).&#039;&#039;&#039; Επιτρέπεται ή όχι η εξαγωγή της επαφής σε μορφή εικονικής κάρτας (vCard).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/35/el&amp;diff=637262</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/35/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/35/el&amp;diff=637262"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T13:04:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Εικονική κάρτα (vCard).&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Επιτρέπεται ή όχι η εξαγωγή της επαφής σε μορφή εικονικής κάρτας (vCard).&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικονική κάρτα (vCard).&#039;&#039;&#039; Επιτρέπεται ή όχι η εξαγωγή της επαφής σε μορφή εικονικής κάρτας (vCard).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637257</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637257"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T13:03:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Άλλες πληροφορίες.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ποικίλων πληροφοριών.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη τηλεφωνικού αριθμού.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κινητό Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού κινητού τηλεφώνου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Φαξ.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού τηλεομοιοτυπίας (Fax).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ιστοσελίδα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ιστοσελίδας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικόνα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη εικόνας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή Εικόνας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Επιλέξτε την εικόνα της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Άλλες πληροφορίες.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ποικίλων πληροφοριών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/34/el&amp;diff=637256</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/34/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/34/el&amp;diff=637256"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T13:03:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Άλλες πληροφορίες.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ποικίλων πληροφοριών.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Άλλες πληροφορίες.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ποικίλων πληροφοριών.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637234</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637234"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T13:02:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Επιλογή Εικόνας.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Επιλέξτε την εικόνα της επαφής.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη τηλεφωνικού αριθμού.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κινητό Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού κινητού τηλεφώνου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Φαξ.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού τηλεομοιοτυπίας (Fax).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ιστοσελίδα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ιστοσελίδας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικόνα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη εικόνας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή Εικόνας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Επιλέξτε την εικόνα της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/33/el&amp;diff=637233</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/33/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/33/el&amp;diff=637233"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T13:02:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Επιλογή Εικόνας.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Επιλέξτε την εικόνα της επαφής.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή Εικόνας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Επιλέξτε την εικόνα της επαφής.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637092</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637092"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:45:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Εικόνα.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη εικόνας.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη τηλεφωνικού αριθμού.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κινητό Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού κινητού τηλεφώνου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Φαξ.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού τηλεομοιοτυπίας (Fax).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ιστοσελίδα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ιστοσελίδας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικόνα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη εικόνας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/32/el&amp;diff=637091</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/32/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/32/el&amp;diff=637091"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:45:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Εικόνα.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη εικόνας.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Εικόνα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη εικόνας.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637073</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637073"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:44:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ιστοσελίδα.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ιστοσελίδας.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη τηλεφωνικού αριθμού.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κινητό Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού κινητού τηλεφώνου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Φαξ.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού τηλεομοιοτυπίας (Fax).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ιστοσελίδα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ιστοσελίδας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/31/el&amp;diff=637072</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/31/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/31/el&amp;diff=637072"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:44:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ιστοσελίδα.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ιστοσελίδας.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ιστοσελίδα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη ιστοσελίδας.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637047</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637047"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:43:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Φαξ.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού τηλεομοιοτυπίας (Fax).&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη τηλεφωνικού αριθμού.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κινητό Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού κινητού τηλεφώνου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Φαξ.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού τηλεομοιοτυπίας (Fax).&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Webpage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide webpage.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/30/el&amp;diff=637046</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/30/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/30/el&amp;diff=637046"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:43:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Φαξ.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού τηλεομοιοτυπίας (Fax).&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Φαξ.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού τηλεομοιοτυπίας (Fax).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637032</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637032"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:42:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Κινητό Τηλέφωνο.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού κινητού τηλεφώνου.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη τηλεφωνικού αριθμού.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κινητό Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού κινητού τηλεφώνου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide fax number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Webpage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide webpage.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/29/el&amp;diff=637031</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/29/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/29/el&amp;diff=637031"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:42:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Κινητό Τηλέφωνο.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού κινητού τηλεφώνου.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κινητό Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη αριθμού κινητού τηλεφώνου.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637019</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637019"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:41:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Τηλέφωνο.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη τηλεφωνικού αριθμού.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη τηλεφωνικού αριθμού.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide mobile number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide fax number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Webpage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide webpage.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/28/el&amp;diff=637018</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/28/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/28/el&amp;diff=637018"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:41:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Τηλέφωνο.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη τηλεφωνικού αριθμού.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Τηλέφωνο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη τηλεφωνικού αριθμού.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637007</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=637007"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:39:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Χώρα.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide telephone number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide mobile number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide fax number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Webpage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide webpage.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/27/el&amp;diff=637006</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/27/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/27/el&amp;diff=637006"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:39:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Χώρα.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη Χώρας.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636993</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636993"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:37:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Country.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide telephone number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide mobile number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide fax number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Webpage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide webpage.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/26/el&amp;diff=636992</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/26/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/26/el&amp;diff=636992"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:37:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ταχυδρομικός Κώδικας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του ταχυδρομικού κώδικα.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636984</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636984"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:36:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Postal/ZIP Code.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide postal or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Country.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide telephone number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide mobile number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide fax number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Webpage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide webpage.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/25/el&amp;diff=636983</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/25/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/25/el&amp;diff=636983"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:36:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πολιτεία ή Χώρα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πολιτείας ή χώρας.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636956</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636956"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:35:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide state or county.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Postal/ZIP Code.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide postal or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Country.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide telephone number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide mobile number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide fax number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Webpage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide webpage.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/24/el&amp;diff=636955</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/24/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/24/el&amp;diff=636955"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:35:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πόλη ή Προάστιο.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη πόλης ή προαστίου.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636941</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636941"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:34:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide city or suburb.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide state or county.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Postal/ZIP Code.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide postal or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Country.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide telephone number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide mobile number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide fax number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Webpage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide webpage.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/23/el&amp;diff=636940</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/23/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/23/el&amp;diff=636940"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:34:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Οδός και Αριθμός.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη διεύθυνσης.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636910</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636910"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:31:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Street Address.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide street address.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide city or suburb.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide state or county.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Postal/ZIP Code.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide postal or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Country.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide telephone number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide mobile number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide fax number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Webpage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide webpage.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/22/el&amp;diff=636909</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/22/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/22/el&amp;diff=636909"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:31:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προσθήκη Mailto: Συνδέσμου.&#039;&#039;&#039; Πρόσθετε ένα σύνδεσμο τύπου mailto: στην προβαλλόμενη διεύθυνση email.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636872</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636872"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:25:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Mailto: Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; Adds a mailto: link to the displayed email address.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Street Address.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide street address.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide city or suburb.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide state or county.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Postal/ZIP Code.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide postal or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Country.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide telephone number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide mobile number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide fax number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Webpage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide webpage.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/21/el&amp;diff=636871</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/21/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/21/el&amp;diff=636871"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:25:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη του Email της επαφής.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636865</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636865"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:24:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Mailto: Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; Adds a mailto: link to the displayed email address.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Street Address.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide street address.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide city or suburb.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide state or county.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Postal/ZIP Code.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide postal or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Country.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide telephone number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide mobile number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide fax number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Webpage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide webpage.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/20/el&amp;diff=636864</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/20/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/20/el&amp;diff=636864"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:24:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Θέση της Επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή ή απόκρυψη θέσης&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636849</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636849"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:22:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Όνομα.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact&#039;s Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide position.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Mailto: Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; Adds a mailto: link to the displayed email address.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Street Address.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide street address.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide city or suburb.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide state or county.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Postal/ZIP Code.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide postal or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Country.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide telephone number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide mobile number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide fax number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Webpage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide webpage.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/19/el&amp;diff=636848</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/19/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/19/el&amp;diff=636848"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:22:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Όνομα.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Όνομα.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προβολή του ονόματος της επαφής.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636845</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636845"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:22:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Name.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show name of the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact&#039;s Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide position.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Mailto: Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; Adds a mailto: link to the displayed email address.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Street Address.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide street address.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide city or suburb.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide state or county.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Postal/ZIP Code.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide postal or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Country.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide telephone number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide mobile number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide fax number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Webpage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide webpage.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/18/el&amp;diff=636844</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/18/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/18/el&amp;diff=636844"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:22:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίστε ή αποκρύψτε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636837</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636837"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:21:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Εμφανίσετε ή να αποκρύψετε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίσετε ή να αποκρύψετε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Name.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show name of the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact&#039;s Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide position.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Mailto: Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; Adds a mailto: link to the displayed email address.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Street Address.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide street address.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide city or suburb.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide state or county.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Postal/ZIP Code.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide postal or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Country.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide telephone number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide mobile number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide fax number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Webpage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide webpage.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/18/el&amp;diff=636836</id>
		<title>Translations:Help39:Components Contact Manager Options/18/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help39:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/18/el&amp;diff=636836"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T12:21:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Εμφανίσετε ή να αποκρύψετε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;*&#039;&#039;&#039;Πληροφορίες Επικοινωνίας.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εμφανίσετε ή να αποκρύψετε τις πληροφορίες επαφής.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636184</id>
		<title>Help310:Components Contact Manager Options/el</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help310:Components_Contact_Manager_Options/el&amp;diff=636184"/>
		<updated>2019-10-19T10:45:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Tropos: Created page with &amp;quot;*&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμ...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Provides an method to apply global parameters to all contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Περιγραφή==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών μπορούμε να ρυθμίσουμε τις επιλογές που διέπουν γενικά όλες τις επαφές.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Που Βρίσκεται==&lt;br /&gt;
Στις [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Contact Manager: Contacts]], πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές στην κορυφή της σελίδας. Το κουμπί Επιλογές είναι διαθέσιμο στις Επαφές και στις Κατηγορίες.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Στιγμιότυπο Οθόνης==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Components-Contacts-Contacts-options1-en.png|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Αναλυτικά==&lt;br /&gt;
Πατήστε το κουμπί Επιλογές για να ανοίξετε το παράθυρο «Επιλογές Διαχείρισης Επαφών» όπου μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη συγκεκριμένη λειτουργία.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Καρτέλα Επαφή====&lt;br /&gt;
Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις ισχύουν για μεμονωμένες Επαφές εκτός αν αλλαχτούν για κάποιο συγκεκριμένο στοιχείο μενού ή Επαφή&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Επιλογή σελιδοποίησης.&#039;&#039;&#039; Προεπιλεγμένη σελιδοποίηση για χρήση με τα άρθρα.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Κατηγορία επαφής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε «Απόκρυψη», η Κατηγορία Επαφής δεν θα εμφανίζεται. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή χωρίς Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως απλό κείμενο. Εάν επιλέξετε «Προβολή με Σύνδεσμο», η Κατηγορία θα εμφανίζεται ως σύνδεσμος σε Στοιχείο Μενού Μεμονωμένης Κατηγορίας.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:VersionHistoryOptions-tab-permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Προβολή Λίστας Επαφών.&#039;&#039;&#039; Εάν επιλέξετε Προβολή, ο χρήστης θα μπορεί να αλλάζει ποια επαφή εμφανίζεται επιλέγοντας μια επαφή από ένα αναδιπλούμενο μενού με όλες τις επαφές της τρέχουσας κατηγορίας επαφών.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Μορφοποίηση Προβολής.&#039;&#039;&#039; Ορίζει το ύφος που χρησιμοποιείται για την προβολή τμημάτων της φόρμας επαφής.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_column_header_Show_Tags/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide the contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Name.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show name of the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact&#039;s Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide position.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact email.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Add Mailto: Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; Adds a mailto: link to the displayed email address.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Street Address.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide street address.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide city or suburb.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide state or county.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Postal/ZIP Code.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide postal or zip code.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Country.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide telephone number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide mobile number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide fax number.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Webpage.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide webpage.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose the image file to use for the contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Miscellaneous Information.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide miscellaneous information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;vCard.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not to allow export to vCard format.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Articles.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show User Articles::If this contact is mapped to a user, and if this is set to Show, then a list of articles created by this user will show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Articles to List.&#039;&#039;&#039; Number of articles to list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;User Profile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide Profile.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show User Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show user custom fields which belong to all or only selected field groups.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Links.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or hide Links.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link A Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link B Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link C Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link D Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Link E Label.&#039;&#039;&#039; An additional link for this contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Icons Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-icons-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Settings.&#039;&#039;&#039; Choose whether to display icons, text or nothing next to the information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Address Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Address icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Email icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Telephone Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Telephone icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Mobile icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Fax icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Misc Icon.&#039;&#039;&#039; Select the Misc icon. If none selected, the default icon will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Category Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Category Options control how contacts will show when you drill down to a Category to view its contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-category-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a Layout.&#039;&#039;&#039; Default layout to use for items.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Title.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the title of the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the description for the category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the category image.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (None/All/1-5). Categories in Joomla can be created in a hierarchy. This lets you control how many levels of subcategories to show when showing a category view.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show the descriptions for subcategories that are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Hide or Show categories that don&#039;t contain any articles or subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Category Tags.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the tags for a single category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Categories Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact Categories Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-categories-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Top Level Category Description.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of the top-level category.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategory Levels.&#039;&#039;&#039; (All/1-5). How many levels in the hierarchy to show.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Subcategories Descriptions.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show the description of each subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Empty Categories.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide). Hide or Show categories that contain no articles and no subcategories.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;# Contacts in Category.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide the number of Contacts in category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List Layouts Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for Contact List Options unless they are changed for a specific menu item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-list-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Filter Field.&#039;&#039;&#039; The Filter Field creates a text field where a user can enter a field to be used to filter the articles shown in the list. An example of how this looks in the front-end layout is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png|Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:The possible options for this (in the back-end menu item edit) are shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-filter-field-options-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hide:&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t show a filter field.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Title:&#039;&#039; Filter on article title.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Author:&#039;&#039; Filter on the author&#039;s name.&lt;br /&gt;
:*&#039;&#039;Hits:&#039;&#039; Filter on the number of article hits.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Display Select.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Whether to hide or show the Display # control that allows the user to select the number of items to show in the list. An example is shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-article-category-list-display-select-en.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
:If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Table Headings.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show/Hide) Table Headings show a heading above the article list, as shown below. &lt;br /&gt;
:[[Image:Help30-chunk-article-category-list-table-headings-en.png]] &lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;&#039;Show&#039;&#039;, this heading will show about the list. Otherwise the list will show with no headings.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Image.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Image column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Position.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Position column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide an Email column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Phone.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Phone column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Mobile.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide show a Mobile column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fax.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Fax column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;City or Suburb.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a City or Suburb column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;State or County.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a State or County column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Country.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide a Country column in the list of Contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Pagination Results/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:colheader|Sort by/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Form Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings apply for single Contact unless they are changed for a specific menu item or Contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-form-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Allow Captcha on Contact.&#039;&#039;&#039; Use Default or None Selected. Select the captcha plugin that will be used in the contact form. Captcha is the name of a technique to prevent spam user registrations by requiring a user to type in characters from a distorted image or to mark &#039;I&#039;am not a robot&#039;. You may need to enter further information for your captcha plugin in the Plugin Manager.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Form.&#039;&#039;&#039; Show or Hide contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Send Copy to Submitter.&#039;&#039;&#039; Hide or Show checkbox to allow copy of email to be sent to submitter.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Email.&#039;&#039;&#039; Email addresses not allowed to submit information with the contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Subject.&#039;&#039;&#039; Subjects not allowed in contact form.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Banned Text.&#039;&#039;&#039; Text not allowed in contact form body.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Session Check.&#039;&#039;&#039; Check for the existence of session cookie. This means that users without cookies enabled will not be able to send emails.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom Reply.&#039;&#039;&#039; Turns off the automated reply, allowing for Plugins to handle integration with other systems.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Redirect.&#039;&#039;&#039; Enter an alternative URL, where the user will be redirected after mail is send.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings determine how the Contact Component will integrate with other extensions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-integration-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Show Feed Link.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Show or Hide) Show or hide the feed links URLs. A feed link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL Routing.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Legacy or Modern) Modern routing enables advanced features but may change your URLs.  Legacy routing ensures full compatibility for existing sites. This is configured per component.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Enable Custom Fields.&#039;&#039;&#039; (Yes or No) Enable the creation of custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
This section shows permissions for contacts. The screen shows as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Component-Contact-Manager-Options-permissions-options-subscreen-en.png|670px]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Change_Permissions/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact Manager Options&#039;&#039;&#039; window you will see the toolbar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Help30-Save-SaveClose-Cancel-Help-toolbar-en.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Cancel/en|Contact Manager options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk30:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help/en}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are a beginning user, you can just keep the default values here until you learn more about using global options.&lt;br /&gt;
*If you are an advanced user, you can save time by creating good default values here. When you set up menu items and create contacts, you will be able to accept the default values for most options.&lt;br /&gt;
*All values set here can be overridden at the menu item, category, or contact level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To create and edit contacts and contact categories: [[S:MyLanguage/Help31:Components_Contacts_Contacts| Contact Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
* For more information about Joomla&#039;s ACL system: [[S:MyLanguage/J3.x:Access_Control_List_Tutorial|ACL Tutorial]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{Cathelp|3.0,3.1,3.2,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.6,3.7,3.8,3.9|Contact Manager Help Screens}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Tropos</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>